diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/howto')
244 files changed, 1625 insertions, 1613 deletions
diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index c27225a..b15bebc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 „<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 „<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>“</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 „<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>“ -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 „<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Слушане"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Четене"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>“</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“ -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 „<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 „<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 „<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Запаметяване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Размисъл"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“ +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html index ca2f0a8..e8e0dc2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does „<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“ mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да -избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“ -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да +избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 551fa4f..1c063d9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с -дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Съдържание"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с +дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Препратки"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, така че нашето тълкувание трябва да може да издържи проверката на останалата част от Библията.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Начини за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html index d15c045..7d5b34f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или -конкорданс.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф -(Бит. 37-50)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Тематично изучаване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или +конкорданс.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучаване на герои"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф +(Бит. 37-50)</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изследване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index da9c092..e0d8c99 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да намерим определен стих"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="За да проследим тема"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>“</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>“</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или -еврейски.</p><p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал</p></li><li><p>Авигея</p></li><li><p>Исус Навиев</p></li><li><p>Варава</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да разберем значенията на имената"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или +еврейски.</p><p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Навал</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Авигея</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Исус Навиев</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Варава</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html index 31a7611..5b4ae48 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Целта на изучаването"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said „<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“; just +said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 039f2cd..6161344 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 75acb61..f3ba49f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Съвети"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старай се да се представиш одобрен пред Бога работник, който няма от що да се срамува, като излагаш право словото на истината.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 966d811..8320a2f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Виждаме, & всеки вятър на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на Библията ни помага, е че ни поставя на здравата основа на Истината, което означава, че няма лесно да бъдем "завличани".</p><p>"<span class="emphasis"><em>А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете -писанията нито Божията сила.</em></span>" Мат. 22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Писанията</p></li><li><p>Божията сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +писанията нито Божията сила.</em></span>" Мат. 22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Писанията</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божията сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html index f62089d..8404c3a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 2ce6365..2cd91af 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p></li><li><p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, -съответстваща на датата)</p></li><li><p>Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, +съответстваща на датата)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между псалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете псалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и -140.</p></li><li><p>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</p></li><li><p>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава +140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава дневно, като пропуснете Псалми и Притчи, ще успеете да прочетете Стария Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 30def33..10eec5d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p> Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое? </td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html index 9452f56..83f80e2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е действена"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p> С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че Библията "<span class="emphasis"><em>действува между вас, вярващите</em></span>". Нека разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа. diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html index e862251..1116935 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е уникална"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html index 299c2fb..8607391 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"да се роди от вода и +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 2.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"да се роди от вода и Дух"</em></span>. Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 „<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“ has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 „<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2.3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 3191131..b3a1e91 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking „<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“ but -„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“; later we can ask, -„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span> but +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 3.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 3.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 9fa9775..311ad80 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“ in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 4.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 „<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</p><p>Deut.33:27 „<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 4.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 „<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>“. W.M. said, „<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 8e72c94..62e9e71 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и -алегория</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 5.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава -правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 5.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html index 54634b2..e0544d3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Препратки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Препратки"><b>Препратки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Пример 1.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 „<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>“</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html index 30636f5..972ff6a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторски права © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторски права © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Авторски права"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Резюме"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 8377ac9..4b8c8e7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 „<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 „<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>“</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 „<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>“ -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 „<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Slyšení"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Čtení"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>“</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“ -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 „<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 „<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 „<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorování"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditování"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“ +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 82b1491..a5a3131 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does „<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“ mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům -praktikování spravedlnosti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“ -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům +praktikování spravedlnosti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index ba734d8..2043f99 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na -definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Základy správného výkladu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Obsah"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na +definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Souvislosti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Odkazy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html index 4576eaf..bcdc3ed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají -se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Typy studia Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tématické studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají +se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studium postavy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Vysvětlující studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index cb21dff..cc88897 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K nalezení konkrétního verše"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="K tématickému studiu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>“</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>“</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozue</p></li><li><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K nalezení významu jmen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nábal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jozue</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html index 4085fe4..639f61e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Proč přistupujeme k Bibli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said „<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“; just +said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 0496676..1aa560b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 59c5c5f..81d933a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Napomenutí"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl představit jako osvědčený před Bohem, dělník, který se nemá za co stydět a který správně vykládá slovo pravdy."</em></span> (2Tm 2,15) diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 7809a06..97d4266 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ slova.</p><p>Řecké slovo pro "vítr" v Ef 4,14 má význam <span class="emphas vítr</em></span>. <span class="emphasis"><em>abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmítaná a unášená každým větrem učení...</em></span> Jedna z věcí, které nám studium Bible přináší, je zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše "odfouknuti".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Ježíš jim však odpověděl: "Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = -děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."</em></span>Mt 22,29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li><p>Boží moc </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."</em></span>Mt 22,29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Boží moc </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html index bef4c5b..8a096fe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 37495ca..3322d7e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p></li><li><p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v -měsíci.</p></li><li><p>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, -například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</p></li><li><p>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu -denně.</p></li><li><p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v +měsíci.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, +například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu +denně.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a dva týdny. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 48cb471..35d0d62 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p> V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)? </td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html index 7adc98e..5235f7e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p> Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je <span class="emphasis"><em>"slovo Boží, jež také působí ve vás věřících."</em></span> Popišme si, co všechno Slovo vykonává. diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html index b1aaf64..642b871 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Jedinečná kniha"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html index 572318f..0dc6a7a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z Ducha</em></span>". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 „<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“ has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 „<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Přiklad 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 90c5f27..67caf28 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking „<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“ but -„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“; later we can ask, -„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span> but +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 2e7d997..929ac62 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“ in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 „<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</p><p>Deut.33:27 „<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 „<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>“. W.M. said, „<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html index e9f4167..8e8d726 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej -obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html index 9e31536..eaeaebd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Odkazy. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Odkazy"><b>Odkazy. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 „<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>“</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html index ce4bbc9..cd534f0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Právní doložka"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Původní anglické znění:</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Původní anglické znění:"><p class="title"><b>Původní anglické znění:</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 9f734e1..8b1cbed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 „<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort -Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div><p>Offenbarung 1,3 „<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hören"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort +Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lesen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div><p>Offenbarung 1,3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist -nahe.</span>“</p><p>1. Timotheus 4,13 „<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne -und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>“ -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 „<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in +nahe.</span>“</span></p><p>1. Timotheus 4,13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne +und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>“</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so -verhielte.</span>“ -</p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 „<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich +verhielte.</span>“</span> +</p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht, -als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 119,11 „<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich -nicht sündige.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 1,1-3 „<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / +als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Auswendiglernen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 119,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich +nicht sündige.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Nachdenken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 1,1-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / nicht auf dem Weg der Sünder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles, -was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>“ +was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>“</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 0501ffb..2363571 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet „<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>“? Gibt der Text +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>“</span>? Gibt der Text irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? <span class="emphasis"><em>Unsere Absichten!</em></span> Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln -diesen Gedanken?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Wenn Sie spenden</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie fasten</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie beten</p></li></ol></div><p>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es -vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Wenn Sie spenden - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“ -today?)</p></li><li><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +diesen Gedanken?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie spenden</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie fasten</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie beten</p></li></ol></div><p>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es +vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie spenden + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 1996534..4dd921c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Inhalt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt -wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst +wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kontext"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten -Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott +Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Querverweise"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere Stellen bestehen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arten des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html index 6946599..7cefdbe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter -Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in -1. Mose 37-50</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Thematische Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter +Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Charakterstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in +1. Mose 37-50</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Textauszugsstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 0055c64..a252a20 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses -heraus.</p></li><li><p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p></li><li><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p></li></ol></div><p>Finden Sie diese Verse: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</p></li><li><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses +heraus.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p></li></ol></div><p>Finden Sie diese Verse: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Eine thematische Studie durchführen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 „<span class="quote">Richtet -nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>“ und 1. Korinther 2,15 -(Lutherbibel von 1545) „<span class="quote">Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von -niemand gerichtet.</span>“ entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Richtet +nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>“</span> und 1. Korinther 2,15 +(Lutherbibel von 1545) <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von +niemand gerichtet.</span>“</span> entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" -im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</p></li><li><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder -Hebräischen Namen finden.</p><p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Die Bedeutung von Namen finden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder +Hebräischen Namen finden.</p><p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html index 54736de..3b2f11b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said „<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“; just +said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index efa0036..cefadc1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way. -</p><p>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">Denn alle Schrift, von Gott -eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</span>“</em></span> Glauben Sie das? +</p><p>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Denn alle Schrift, von Gott +eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</span>“</span></em></span> Glauben Sie das? Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in Betracht. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">ist nütze zur Lehre, +InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">ist nütze zur Lehre, zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk -geschickt. </span>“</em></span> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel +geschickt. </span>“</span></em></span> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 7e168b9..6b6f90c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p> -2. Thimotheus 2,15<span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ermahnungen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p> +2. Thimotheus 2,15<span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort -der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</span>“</em></span> +der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</span>“</span></em></span> </p><p> -Kollosser 3,16<span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote"> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch +Kollosser 3,16<span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren -Herzen. </span>“</em></span> +Herzen. </span>“</span></em></span> </p><p>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? </p><p> Nicht wenig!</p><p> Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Einer für Alle</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index b8d1760..b0089bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -10,6 +10,6 @@ einen <span class="emphasis"><em>gewaltsamen Wind</em></span>. <span class="emph nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</em></span>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der -Folge, dass wir nicht leicht „<span class="quote">weggeblasen werden</span>“.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, „<span class="quote">Ihr irrt, weil -ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</span>“</em></span> -Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li><p>Gottes Kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Folge, dass wir nicht leicht <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">weggeblasen werden</span>“</span>.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ihr irrt, weil +ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</span>“</span></em></span> +Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html index 8519450..8c2c720 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Einer für Alle</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Einer für Alle</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: „<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: „Einer für Alle“</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 16f9a83..268a323 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage -die Woche.</p></li><li><p> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, -dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</p></li><li><p>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage +die Woche.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, +dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall von 30, am 20. müssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140 -lesen.</p></li><li><p>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und -Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</p></li><li><p>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich +lesen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und +Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Einer für Alle </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 974606e..631c1e4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p> Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welche? </td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html index 1560282..48fe334 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p> Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, -dass die Bibel <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote"> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr -glaubet.</span>“ </em></span> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit +dass die Bibel <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr +glaubet.</span>“</span> </em></span> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit nieder, die das Wort durchführt. </p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26 -</td><td>es reinigt -- „<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im -Wort...</span>“ +</td><td>es reinigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im +Wort...</span>“</span> </td></tr><tr><td> Apostelgeschichte 20,32 </td><td> @@ -14,23 +14,23 @@ to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " </td></tr><tr><td> Römer 15,4 </td><td> -es ermutigt -- „<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre +es ermutigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung -haben. </span>“ +haben. </span>“</span> </td></tr><tr><td> Römer 10,17 </td><td> -es gibt Glauben -- „<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen -aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>“ +es gibt Glauben -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen +aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>“</span> </td></tr><tr><td> 1. Korinther 10,11 </td><td> -es warnt -- „<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber -geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>“ +es warnt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber +geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>“</span> </td></tr><tr><td> Matthäus 4,4 </td><td> -Nahrung -- „<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der +Nahrung -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem -Wort Gottes geht."</span>“ +Wort Gottes geht."</span>“</span> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html index 6d85d5a..7367c87 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html index 49e05d4..a224118 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</span>“</em></span> Im +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 +<span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</span>“</span></em></span> Im Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Korinther 14,34 „<span class="quote">[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der -Gemeindeversammlung</span>“ muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von -1. Korinther 11,5 „<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet -[...]</span>“ genommen werden.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 „<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Korinther 14,34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der +Gemeindeversammlung</span>“</span> muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von +1. Korinther 11,5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet +[...]</span>“</span> genommen werden.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 55cfbfe..8ae1421 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking „<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“ but -„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“; later we can ask, -„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span> but +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html index dc9bdf5..8927f1e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der -Sprache</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>“ in Mt.6,23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>“</span> in Mt.6,23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 „<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>“</p><p>Deut.33:27 „<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>“</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>“</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 „<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>“. W.M. said, „<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html index eb4bbe5..7709d97 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen -einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Eine Allegorie ist <span class="emphasis"><em>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine Bedeutung hat.</em></span></p><p>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die -Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html index 829f9c4..7449f2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Bestimmung. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Querverweise. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Bestimmung"><b>Bestimmung. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Querverweise"><b>Querverweise. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -39,21 +39,21 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Querverweise für aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</p></li><li><p>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen -und Jesus zu salben.</p></li><li><p>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</p></li><li><p>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie -mit dem Öl.</p></li><li><p>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Querverweise für chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk 4,18 „<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Querverweise für aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen +und Jesus zu salben.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie +mit dem Öl.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Querverweise für chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk 4,18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht -bringe...</span>“</p></li><li><p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p></li><li><p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist -und mit Kraft</p></li><li><p>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut +bringe...</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist +und mit Kraft</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: <span class="emphasis"><em>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE GEISTLICHE</em></span>.</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of @@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day. </p><p>Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 -anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die +anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im -Namen des Herrn.</span>“</em></span> Ist hier „<span class="quote">salben</span>“ geistlich +Namen des Herrn.</span>“</span></em></span> Ist hier <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">salben</span>“</span> geistlich oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!</p><p> And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html index d271741..93a9181 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> @@ -15,6 +15,6 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geistliche Rüstung</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 61e504d..7781e32 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approaches to God's Word"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hear</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and -observe it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hear"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hear</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and +observe it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Read"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling -accurately the word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorize</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not -sin against Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And +accurately the word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorize"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorize</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not +sin against Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not -wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html index b66c912..da88012 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself -if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area -of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our -righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basics of Correct Interpretation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area +of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our +righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span> today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basics of Correct Interpretation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 4c22833..63d2fa8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basics of Correct Interpretation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basics of Correct Interpretation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Content</h3></div></div></div><p>What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful -with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make -sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Cross-reference</h3></div></div></div><p>What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basics of Correct Interpretation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basics of Correct Interpretation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Content"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Content</h3></div></div></div><p>What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful +with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make +sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Cross-reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Cross-reference</h3></div></div></div><p>What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the test of other scriptures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types of Bible Studies </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html index bc68911..8568ac0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types of Bible Studies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types of Bible Studies</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a -concordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Character Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in -Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basics of Correct Interpretation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types of Bible Studies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Types of Bible Studies"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types of Bible Studies</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Topical Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a +concordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Character Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Character Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in +Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Expository Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basics of Correct Interpretation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index b47b383..782754e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.</p></li><li><p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Find a Particular Verse"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="To Do a Topical Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. -"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 -“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in -English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. - Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the - OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div><p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew.</p><p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joshua</p></li><li><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in +English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. + Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the + OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Find Meanings of Names"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div><p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew.</p><p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joshua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html index 507a4a8..a597db8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just so +said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index c1b9e84..cad5945 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that God Breathed</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A Book that God Breathed</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that God Breathed</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that God Breathed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A Book that God Breathed</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 733f148..8094df3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exhortations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</em></span>" </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index ee954ac..3b6737d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Liberates</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Liberates</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A Book that Liberates</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Liberates</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Liberates</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Liberates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A Book that Liberates</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifica waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not -understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>God's word</p></li><li><p>God's power </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>God's word</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>God's power </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html index f0fdfc3..9cb20fb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for -All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for +All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 70e1595..df3c360 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a -week.</p></li><li><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, -corresponding to the day of the month.</p></li><li><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, -for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs -one chapter per day.</p></li><li><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a +week.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, +corresponding to the day of the month.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, +for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs +one chapter per day.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 6ce331f..135f0e9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Wars"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p> Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Which one(s)? </td><td>the word - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Liberates </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html index 1c54d1a..852df34 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A Book that Works</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A Book that Works</h2></div></div></div><p> What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html index e040caa..c0af915 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Book that is Unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="A Book that is Unique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Book that is Unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: </p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Work</th><th>When Written</th><th>Earliest Copy</th><th>Time Lapse</th><th>Number of Copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300 years</td><td>8 diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html index b9ce9f9..12d99fb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If -confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Example 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your -interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to be taken within the biblical -context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, +interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to be taken within the biblical +context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of -Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 139157a..5b27bc5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but “<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. -We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. +We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Example 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any par of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = -day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context +day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html index f81e743..6531964 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and -figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and +figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Example 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't -understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 +understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. -Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same -rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”. The Mormons +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same +rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 533ed34..7b369f0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get -our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one +our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Example 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer -"bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it +"bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html index 794ef4d..0f02e3d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says -this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no -prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; -by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are +this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no +prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; +by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to -their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been -drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. -Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Cross-reference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been +drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. +Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Cross-reference"><b>Cross-reference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek - words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want + words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Example 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only me up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This -is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated +is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main -verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the +verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day. diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html index 924d009..b8d09c2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 2a87481..b459b3a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen, -tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 ”<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja -seuraavat sitä.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 ”<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka -kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 ”<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 ”<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin +tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</p><div class="sect2" title="Kuuntele"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja +seuraavat sitä.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lue"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka +kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tutki"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin -kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 ”<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>”</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden -sanaa oikein.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 ”<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi -sinua vastaan.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 ”<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja +sanaa oikein.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Paina mieleen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi +sinua vastaan.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Mietiskele"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan, -eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>” +eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>”</span> </p><p>Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 25e92d7..0b43a89 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se -roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>Mitä tarkoittaa ”<span class="quote">hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</span>”? Antaako +roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>Mitä tarkoittaa <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</span>”</span>? Antaako tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Motiivimme!</em></span> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Kun annat</p></li><li><p>Kun paastoat</p></li><li><p>Kun rukoilet</p></li></ol></div><p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa -hurskauttamme:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Kun annat - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan ”<span class="quote">kuulostaa -trumpetilta</span>” tänäpäivänä?)</p></li><li><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Motiivimme!</em></span> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Kun annat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun paastoat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun rukoilet</p></li></ol></div><p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa +hurskauttamme:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Kun annat + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">kuulostaa +trumpetilta</span>”</span> tänäpäivänä?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 3befaa1..664ebd6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka -määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Sisältö"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka +määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Asiayhteys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan -kanssa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole +kanssa.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Ristiinviittaukset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin kirjoituksiin.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html index 65ecfe9..eeb4bd1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai -sanahakemistoa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai +sanahakemistoa.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Henkilöiden tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Selittävä tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 5076edc..90804fd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Etsi nämä jakeet: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>”<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</p></li><li><p>”<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</p></li><li><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </h3></div></div></div><p>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Löydä erityinen jae"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Etsi nämä jakeet: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tee aiheen tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </h3></div></div></div><p>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa -"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 ”<span class="quote">Älkää -tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</span>” ja 1 Kor.2:15 ”<span class="quote">Hengellinen +"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Älkää +tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</span>”</span> ja 1 Kor.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Hengellinen ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan -voi tutkia.</span>” Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin -käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Katso "tuomio".</p></li><li><p>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku -viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</p></li><li><p>Nyt katso "tuomio".</p></li><li><p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa +voi tutkia.</span>”</span> Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin +käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Katso "tuomio".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku +viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nyt katso "tuomio".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) -Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien -merkityksiä.</p><p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joosua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Etsi nimien merkityksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien +merkityksiä.</p><p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joosua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html index 63889e1..3a05289 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat ”<span class="quote">Menemme -kehdon luo vauvan takia</span>”; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee +</p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Menemme +kehdon luo vauvan takia</span>”</span>; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index ea7f4df..8b7d834 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja toimii... </em></span>" Jeesus sanoi <span class="emphasis"><em>(Matt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta.</em></span>" Kun luemme diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 5827098..1631367 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kehotus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Tim.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden sanaa oikein.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index f03637b..77af04f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p> Joh.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä vapaita.</em></span>"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita...</em></span>"Yksi asia, minkä Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Te kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan -voimaa.</em></span>"Matt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li><p>Jumalan voima </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +voimaa.</em></span>"Matt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan voima </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html index 63002ba..9055ba6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 02041bd..b39e1a7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta pitääksesi sen tuoreena! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</p></li><li><p>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem -kuukaudenpäivää.</p></li><li><p>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla -luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi -yksi luku päivässä.</p></li><li><p>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem +kuukaudenpäivää.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla +luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi +yksi luku päivässä.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit & Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 9ce419b..ae974c0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p> Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä? </td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html index 3f4d2b0..79f9247 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p> Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu "<span class="emphasis"><em>vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte.</em></span>" Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html index f53ae8c..f85c7f4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista -oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</p><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen -seuraavissa asioissa:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</p><div class="sect1" title="Ainutlaatuinen kirja"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen +seuraavissa asioissa:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin ollutta kirjoittajaa 1600 vuoden aikana, silti luetaan kuin sen olisi kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat luotettavia?</em></span> vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden muinaisten tekstien kanssa: diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html index 8b2dde8..96dc118 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan -jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"syntynyt vedestä ja +jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"syntynyt vedestä ja Hengestä."</em></span> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä asiayhteydessään?</p><p>Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on -näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor.14:34 ”<span class="quote">Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</span>” on otettu -raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 ”<span class="quote">jokainen nainen [...] -rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 2:38 ”<span class="quote">Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin +näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor.14:34 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</span>”</span> on otettu +raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">jokainen nainen [...] +rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 2:38 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi -[...] " </span>”. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos +[...] " </span>”</span>. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta selvän opetuksen valossa uudestisyntyminen tapahtuu uskolla Kristukseen. Meidän tulee tulkita se toisin. Pietari kehottaa hänen diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 3da14c9..235d8e8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p> -Emme kysy ensiksi ”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>” vaan ”<span class="quote">Mitä -se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</span>”; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, -”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon -kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> ”<span class="quote">3 päivää & 3 yötä</span>” (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p> +Emme kysy ensiksi <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”</span> vaan <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Mitä +se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</span>”</span>; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, +<span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”</span>. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon +kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">3 päivää & 3 yötä</span>”</span> (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia "Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)? @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ tahansa päivän osa lasketaan koko päiväksi. Päivät alkaen klo 6 i.p. ja päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6 i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta -poistaa ongelman.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin +poistaa ongelman.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html index e8527db..db766d3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla -kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>”<span class="quote">paha silmä</span>” Mt.6:23.</p><p>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla +kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">”<span class="quote">paha silmä</span>”</span> Mt.6:23.</p><p>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö 2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä -oikein!!</p><p>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, ”<span class="quote">evil -eye</span>”. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 +oikein!!</p><p>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">evil +eye</span>”</span>. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?</em></span>" Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä -ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 ”<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 ”<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat +ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</span></p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää -heidät.</span>”</p><p> +heidät.</span>”</span></p><p> Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli kerran mies kuten me. Kun he ovat vakuuttaneet ihmiset siitä, he jatkavat opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin (<span class="emphasis"><em>Kulttien kuningaskunnan</em></span> tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden -tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 ”<span class="quote">Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet +tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja -kilpi.</span>”. W.M. sanoi, ”<span class="quote">Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte -Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</span>”. Mormonien oli +kilpi.</span>”</span>. W.M. sanoi, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte +Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</span>”</span>. Mormonien oli naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 02bdcce..7291a43 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan -välillä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</h2></div></div></div><p>Vertauskuva on: <span class="emphasis"><em>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on merkitys.</em></span></p><p>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</p><p>Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta, @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista, -jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus +jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</p><p>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun -puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen +puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? </p><p>Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html index 4a543ad..4631e67 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV ”<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ”<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille -selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen +selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</p><div class="section" title="Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen -merkitys näillä askelilla:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Määrittely. </b>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta -Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</p></li><li><p><b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai +merkitys näillä askelilla:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Määrittely"><b>Määrittely. </b>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta +Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Ristiinviittaukset"><b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai hepreankielinen sana (ei englanninkielinen sana) on käytetty tekstissä, selvittää tai antaa uutta valaistusta määritelmään. Kuinka sama kirjoittaja käyttää tätä sanaa muualla? Muut kirjoittajat? Referenssityökalusi antavat @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ sinulle yhtä hyvin esimerkkejä sanan käytöstä muissa asiakirjoissa kuin Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? <span class="emphasis"><em>Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla -voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Älä koske minuun"</em></span> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, +voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Älä koske minuun"</em></span> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta' @@ -40,17 +40,17 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jaak. 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jaak. 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</em></span>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</p></li><li><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 ”<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut -julistamaan [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p></li><li><p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut +julistamaan [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" on öljyn jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</em></span></p><p>Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan kun laupias samarialainen huolehti ryöstäjien lyömän miehen hän kaatoi öljyä diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html index 97d3fda..383e50b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on lisensioitu "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" -lisenssillä. </p><p> Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakti</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakti"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakti</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index e43bc4c..62779e3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div><p>Luc 11:28 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et -qui la gardent !"</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalypse 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Écouter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div><p>Luc 11:28 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et +qui la gardent !"</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lire"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalypse 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de la prophétie..."</em></span></p><p>1 Timothée.4:13 <span class="emphasis"><em>"appliques toi à la lecture [des Écritures]..."</em></span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Actes 17:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Actes 17:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait était exact."</em></span> </p><p>2 Timothée.2:15 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Efforces toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui -dispense droitement la parole de la vérité."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.119:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas -pécher contre toi."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.1:2-3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de +dispense droitement la parole de la vérité."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Mémoriser"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.119:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas +pécher contre toi."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Méditer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.1:2-3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit! Il est comme un arbre planté près d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage ne se flétrit point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit."</em></span> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 1086b7f..438c412 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</p></li></ol></div><p>Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</p></li></ol></div><p>Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations ! -Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p></li><li><p>Quand tu jeûnes</p></li><li><p>Quand tu pries</p></li></ol></div><p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant -d'éviter les mauvaises façon de pratiquer notre justice :</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone « <span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span> » -today?)</p></li><li><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu jeûnes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu pries</p></li></ol></div><p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant +d'éviter les mauvaises façon de pratiquer notre justice :</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span> »</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 156f6d9..52fd8e1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne -signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la +signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexte"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmis la structure du passage -entier et du livre.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les verset à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible +entier et du livre.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Références croisées"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les verset à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible ? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente face aux autres Écritures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types d'études bibliques </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html index 7f3402d..7a2cadc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans -Genèse 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Types d'études bibliques"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude thématique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude de personnage"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans +Genèse 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude expositoire"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index f343ec3..9555802 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Sélectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusité de ce verset.</p></li><li><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouver ces versets : -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>« <span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span> »</p></li><li><p>« <span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span> »</p></li><li><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour rechercher un verset particulier"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Sélectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusité de ce verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouver ces versets : +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">« <span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour faire une étude thématique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés." et 1 Cor.2:15 "L'homme spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout..."? Peut-être y a-t-il deux mots grecs différents, tous deux traduits par "juger" en français ? (à partir de -maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numéros Strongs) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Recherche du mot "jugés".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</p></li><li><p>Allez voir en 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numéros Strongs) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Recherche du mot "jugés".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Allez voir en 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des -nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hébreux.</p><p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigaïl</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour trouver la signification des noms"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des +nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hébreux.</p><p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigaïl</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html index 5315a68..b5b2feb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said « <span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span> »; just +said <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span> »</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index bb47ceb..752fd92 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 522f836..28d30b9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="les exhortations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Timothée 2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Efforces toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la parole de la vérité.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 051f319..e186efc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libère</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libère</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libère</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libère</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libère</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui libère"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libère</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ ancrer dans la vérité, ce qui a pour conséquence que nous ne serons pas facilement "emportés".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> Jésus leur répondit : </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Vous êtes dans l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de Dieu.</em></span>"Matthieu.22:29</p><p>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de -l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li><p>La puissance de Dieu </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La puissance de Dieu </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html index ef9115b..b3a82b1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index b0914da..4b90696 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p></li><li><p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des proverbes par jour, -correspondant au jour dans le mois.</p></li><li><p>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervals de 30 jour, par +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des proverbes par jour, +correspondant au jour dans le mois.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervals de 30 jour, par exemple le vingtième jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 & -140.</p></li><li><p>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les psaumes et les proverbes -un chapitre par jour.</p></li><li><p>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous +140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les psaumes et les proverbes +un chapitre par jour.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les psaumes & proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 04874ca..b9597f8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui combat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p> Eph 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ? </td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libère </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html index 9bbf9bd..fd63a63 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui agit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p> Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Thessaloniciens 2:13 affirme que la Bible "<span class="emphasis"><em>...agit en vous qui croyez.</em></span>" À coté de chaque verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit. diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html index 1641044..7df906b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un livre unique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html index 708c7a2..cb25d1d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jean 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"...naît +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jean 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"...naît d'eau et d'Esprit..."</em></span> D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont on parle ici ?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corinthiens 14:34 <span class="emphasis"><em>"que les femmes se taisent dans les +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corinthiens 14:34 <span class="emphasis"><em>"que les femmes se taisent dans les assemblées"</em></span> doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Corinthiens 11:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui -prophétise..."</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 « <span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +prophétise..."</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span> ». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span> »</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 476212b..e73698f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking « <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> » but -« <span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span> »; later we can ask, -« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> ». We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> « <span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span> » (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span> but +<span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span> »</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span> »</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html index c4e8bf2..3534557 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>« <span class="quote">oeil en mauvais état</span> » dans Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">« <span class="quote">oeil en mauvais état</span> »</span> dans Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, « <span class="quote">evil eye</span> ». Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">evil eye</span> »</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 « <span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte</span> »</p><p>Deut.33:27 « <span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span> »</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte</span> »</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span> »</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 « <span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span> ». W.M. said, « <span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span> »</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span> ». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span> »</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html index a707a69..42be882 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une -parabole et une allégorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Une allégorie est : <span class="emphasis"><em>Une histoire où chaque élément à une signification.</em></span></p><p>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à -protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html index abba70a..1705d62 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV « <span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span> »). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span> »</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 « <span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span> »</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span> »</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Définition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Références croisées. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Définition"><b>Définition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Références croisées"><b>Références croisées. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Références croisées d'alelpho : - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : -"oindre"] Jésus.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum. </p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds -avec ses cheveux</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Références croisées de chrio - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 « <span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour -annoncer [...]</span> »</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Références croisées d'alelpho : + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : +"oindre"] Jésus.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds +avec ses cheveux</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Références croisées de chrio + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour +annoncer [...]</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des différences : ALEIPHO DÉSIGNE L'USAGE PRATIQUE DE L'HUILE ET CHRIO L'USAGE SPIRITUEL</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html index d09b8c0..68f7378 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545542"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note légale"><a name="id14837306"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Résumé"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index f6ad442..dba6084 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni és memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintést enged az Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, -tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</p><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 „<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, -és megtartják azt.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div><p>Jel.1:3 „<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak -beszédeit [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 „<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 „<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a +tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hallgatni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, +és megtartják azt.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Olvasni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div><p>Jel.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak +beszédeit [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tanulmányozni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az ígét teljes készséggel, -naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 „<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint +naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>”</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak -beszédét.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt.119:11 „<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem -ellened.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 „<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő +beszédét.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizálni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem +ellened.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Elmélkedni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő törvényéről gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem -hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>” +hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>”</span> </p><p>A Navigátorok ezt ahhoz hasonlították, hogy ahogyan a hüvelykujj képes megérinteni a többi ujjat, úgy mi is tudunk elmélkedni az Igéről miközben bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az előző négy közül. Az elmélkedés elengedhetetlen diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html index db4729f..4ab342b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor -megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>Mit jelent a „<span class="quote">kegyesség gyakorlása</span>”? Ad erre a szakasz példát? +megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>Mit jelent a <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">kegyesség gyakorlása</span>”</span>? Ad erre a szakasz példát? Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? <span class="emphasis"><em>A -motivációnknak!</em></span> Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Amikor adsz</p></li><li><p>Amikor böjtölsz</p></li><li><p>Amikor imádkozol</p></li></ol></div><p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz -módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Amikor adsz - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan „<span class="quote">kürtöltethet</span>” bárki manapság?)</p></li><li><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motivációnknak!</em></span> Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor adsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor böjtölsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor imádkozol</p></li></ol></div><p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz +módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor adsz + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">kürtöltethet</span>”</span> bárki manapság?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index ca63ee8..2582fe8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a -meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tartalom"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a +meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Szövegkörnyezet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes -szakasszal és könyvvel.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent +szakasszal és könyvvel.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kereszthivatkozások"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok tesztjének.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html index 6408254..b7e50e9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy -szószedetek alapján.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az -1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Témák tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy +szószedetek alapján.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Karakterek tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az +1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Megismerő tanulmányozás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 2605473..048c023 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Keresse meg ezeket: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>„<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</p></li><li><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </h3></div></div></div><p>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Megtalálni a pontos verset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Keresse meg ezeket: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Téma szerinti tanulmányozás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </h3></div></div></div><p>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdíj" és még a -"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1„<span class="quote">Ne ítéljetek, -hogy ne ítéltessetek!</span>” és az 1 Kor.2.15 „<span class="quote">A lelki ember azonban -mindent megítél</span>” között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van, +"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </p></div><div class="sect2" title="A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ne ítéljetek, +hogy ne ítéltessetek!</span>”</span> és az 1 Kor.2.15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">A lelki ember azonban +mindent megítél</span>”</span> között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van, amit ugyanúgy "ítél" szóval fordíthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's -Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Keresse meg az "ítél" szót</p></li><li><p>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott -görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.</p></li><li><p>Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.</p></li><li><p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a +Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Keresse meg az "ítél" szót</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott +görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú -szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy -héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábál</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Józsué</p></li><li><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Nevek jelentésének megkeresése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy +héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nábál</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Józsué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html index 0c64177..b02a288 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: -„<span class="quote"> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</span>”; de a +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</span>”</span>; de a Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az Istennel való szövetségért. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi, diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 0ec1437..fb74781 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Zsid. 4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Isten igéje élő és +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Zsid. 4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Isten igéje élő és ható... </em></span> " Jézus mondta<span class="emphasis"><em> (Mt. 4:4)</em></span><span class="emphasis"><em> Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.</em></span> Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index d89539d..bad0b5f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bátorítás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bátorítás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Bátorítás</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bátorítás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bátorítás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bátorítás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Bátorítás</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Tim. 2:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em> Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak beszédét.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 85dbf6f..67a502e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn. 8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká tesz titeket.</em></span>" Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták idézni. Feltételes, vagy feltétel nélküli az ígéret? Használni kell a tudás @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ vagyunk a tanítások akármi szelétől...</em></span>" Egyik dolog, amit az Ig tanulmányozása tesz értünk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszünk könnyen "elfújhatók."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik,</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az -Istennek hatalmát.</em></span>" Mt. 22:29</p><p>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Isten igéje</p></li><li><p>Isten hatalma </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely harcol</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Istennek hatalmát.</em></span>" Mt. 22:29</p><p>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Isten igéje</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Isten hatalma </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely harcol</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html index 462b9ec..1d8521a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó hordozza a görög Újszövetségben, nevezetesen a <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> és az <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span> határozószó. Ezt úgy fordítják: diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index b2a5934..6e3deb0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</h2></div></div></div><p> Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</h2></div></div></div><p> Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1 és a #4 program, vagy a #2 és az #5 együtt. Változtassa a programját évről évre, hogy friss legyen az Ige! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy -héten.</p></li><li><p>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak -megfelelően.</p></li><li><p>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, -például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</p></li><li><p>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a -Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</p></li><li><p>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy +héten.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak +megfelelően.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, +például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a +Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet olvas naponta sz Ószövetségből, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket, sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 3e28d2c..214ad7b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely harcol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A könyv, amely harcol</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely harcol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A könyv, amely harcol</h2></div></div></div><p> Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.3. táblázat - Szellemi páncél</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Szellemi páncél" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kérdés</th><th>Válasz</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Mennyi támadó?</td><td>Egy</td></tr><tr><td>Melyik(ek)? </td><td>az ige - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">réma</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bátorítás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html index a7c396d..93e0b91 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p> Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy "<span class="emphasis"><em>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</em></span>" Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik. diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html index 810e099..e6d4930 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsődleges módoknak, hogy -megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</p><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</p><div class="sect1" title="A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év bestsellere! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> szerzőségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt íródott, különböző háttérrel rendelkező 40 különböző szerzőtől, mégis úgy olvassák, mintha egy írta volna. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <span class="emphasis"><em> Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség dokumentumai?</em></span> műve összehasonlítja az Újszövetség kéziratait más ősi iratokkal: diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html index 2af262d..19f1e2b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</h2></div></div></div><p>Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</h2></div></div></div><p>Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi a fejezet témája? a könyvé? Az ön értelmezése egyezik vele? Ha nem, az baj. Általában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szükséges a szakasz helyes értelmezéséhez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad bennünk, miután megpróbáltuk értelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetében, -tovább kell keresnünk.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>2A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"születik víztől és +tovább kell keresnünk.</p><div class="section" title="2A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>2A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"születik víztől és Lélektől"</em></span> igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez?</p><p>Nem a vízkeresztség kérdéséről beszél itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arról a témáról, amiről Jézus és Nikodémus beszél. tekintsünk el a hirtelen témaváltástól, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az értelmezés félresiklott! A víz a -magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>2B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor. 14:34 „<span class="quote"> A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a -gyülekezetekben,</span>” együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel „<span class="quote">Minden -asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>2C példa</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 2:38 „<span class="quote"> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és +magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés.</p></div><div class="section" title="2B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>2B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor. 14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a +gyülekezetekben,</span>”</span> együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Minden +asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="2C példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>2C példa</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek -bocsánatjára; "</span>”. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi +bocsánatjára; "</span>”</span>. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi újjászületésről szól? Ha ez az egyetlen igerész állna rendelkezésünkre, levonhatnánk ezt a következtetést. Ám a tiszta tanítás fényében máshol az újjászületés Krisztusban való hit által történik meg, ahogy máskülönben diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 9caadfe..2d21d75 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</h2></div></div></div><p> -Először ne azt kérdezzük „<span class="quote"> Mit jelent ez számomra</span>”, hanem -„<span class="quote">Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?</span>” Csak ez után -tegyük fel a kérdést: „<span class="quote">Mit jelent ez számomra?</span>” Be kell -tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>3A példa</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">Három nap és három éjjel</span>” (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</h2></div></div></div><p> +Először ne azt kérdezzük <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Mit jelent ez számomra</span>”</span>, hanem +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?</span>”</span> Csak ez után +tegyük fel a kérdést: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Mit jelent ez számomra?</span>”</span> Be kell +tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.</p><div class="section" title="3A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>3A példa</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Három nap és három éjjel</span>”</span> (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a "Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong kultusz követőit. Hogyan halhatott meg Jézus péntek délután, és támadhatott fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis "harmadnapon feltámadni" (Mt. 16:21)? A "három" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ vizesvödör van ott, igaz, egyik félig tele). Ugyanígy a zsidók a megkezdett napszakokat is teljes napként számolták, és a napok este 6-kor kezdődtek, és este 6-kor végződtek. Így péntek délután 3-6 : első nap. Péntek este 6 -tól szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tól vasárnap reggel 5-ig a -harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>3B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek +harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól.</p></div><div class="section" title="3B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>3B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek között áthaladás megszokott módja volt a szövetségek megkötésének. Mindegyik fél átsétált a részek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez történjen vele is, ha nem a szövetség szerint él. Ám ebben az esetben csak az Úr sétált diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 3d16ab1..11bec7f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</h2></div></div></div><p>A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</h2></div></div></div><p>A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell értelmezni. Figyelnünk kell a kifejezésekre, melyeknek speciális jelentésük -is lehet.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>4A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">gonosz szem</span>” Mt. 6:23-ban</p><p>1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály, +is lehet.</p><div class="section" title="4A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>4A példa</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">gonosz szem</span>”</span> Mt. 6:23-ban</p><p>1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály, szövegkörnyezet: még jobban összezavar bennünket, nem illik sem az előtte lévő, sem a következő részekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen -értelmezünk!</p><p>Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, „<span class="quote">gonosz -szem</span>”. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést: +értelmezünk!</p><p>Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">gonosz +szem</span>”</span>. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést: Mt. 20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Avagy nem szabad-é nékem a magaméval azt tennem, amit akarok? avagy a te szemed azért gonosz, mert én jó vagyok?</em></span>" Itt azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezés a fukar és irigy. Menjünk vissza Mt. 6 -hoz, és jegyezzük meg, hogy ez az értelmezés hogyan kapcsolja össze a -szöveget.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>4B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Ésa. 59:1 „<span class="quote"> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</span>”</p><p>5 Móz. 33:27 „<span class="quote">alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</span>”</p><p> +szöveget.</p></div><div class="section" title="4B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>4B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Ésa. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</span>”</span></p><p>5 Móz. 33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</span>”</span></p><p> A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer meggyőztek embereket, hogy menjenek és tanítsák azt, hogy Isten lehet @@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ belőlünk, mint Ő! Egy előadáson, amelyet ők tartottak, egy c elöljáró kihívta Walter Martint (a <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span> szerzője) egy hasonló versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkérte a Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak még hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4 -„<span class="quote">Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;</span>” -W.M azt mondta ekkor: „<span class="quote">ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján -bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár</span>”. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;</span>”</span> +W.M azt mondta ekkor: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján +bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár</span>”</span>. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint megértették az álláspontjuk nevetségességét. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 7e13598..1391133 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az -allegória közt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</h2></div></div></div><p>Az allegória: <span class="emphasis"><em> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése van.</em></span></p><p>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</p><p>Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok Isten igéi, a bozótok az aggódás, kapzsiság stb. Mégis a legtöbb példázat nem allegória, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan történet, ami illusztrálja a mondanivalót. Veszélyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a példázatok alapján, összezavarhatnak. A tiszta írás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a véleményünket, -ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>5A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a +ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.</p><div class="section" title="5A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>5A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a történet egy dolgot tanít: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként tekintjük, mit kapunk?</p><p>Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek -jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>5B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória? </p><p>A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már +jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</p></div><div class="section" title="5B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>5B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória? </p><p>A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája becsapását. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html index 50e75b4..7c43ef1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Már tanultunk a hármas szabályról: jelentés, környezet, kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnénk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai hermeneutikába való rövid bevezetéssel, aminek a célja, hogy felfedezzük az eredeti szerző szándékának jelentését (és a Szerzőét !). Míg a szakaszok alkalmazása sok lehet, addig értelmezésüket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga az írás mondja, hogy egyetlen szó sem támad az igében saját magyarázatból (2 -Pét. 1:20 „<span class="quote"> Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem -támad saját magyarázatból.</span>”). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes +Pét. 1:20 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem +támad saját magyarázatból.</span>”</span>). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes megértés felfedezése felé, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellőzése az emberek számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak és követőiknek is. 2 Pét. 3: 16 -„<span class="quote">a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a tudatlanok és állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyéb írásokat is, a -magok vesztére.</span>”</p><p>Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson +magok vesztére.</span>”</span></p><p>Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza? -Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</h2></div></div></div><p>Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a +Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:</p><div class="section" title="1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</h2></div></div></div><p>Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a szavaknak. Próbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentését megtalálni a következő -lépések követésével:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definíció. </b>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az -igeidő is döntő fontosságú.</p></li><li><p><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög +lépések követésével:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definíció"><b>Definíció. </b>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az +igeidő is döntő fontosságú.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Kereszthivatkozások"><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög vagy héber szó (nem a magyar fordítás) előfordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy új megvilágításba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerző hogyan használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még is. Miért kell nekünk eredeti nyelven is megnéznünk, miért nem elég a magyar? <span class="emphasis"><em>Azért mert több görög szónak lehet ugyanaz a magyar fordítása, és a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltérő jelentésárnyalata -is.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>1A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn. 20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ne érints"</em></span> keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy +is.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="1A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>1A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn. 20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ne érints"</em></span> keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy hangzik, mintha Jézus nem akarta volna, hogy érintsék most, hogy feltámadt, mintha túl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ám ez korántsem helyes feltevés, nézzünk utána Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ valamit/valakit, hatást gyakorolva rá... Megkülönböztetendő a pselaphao a pim jelentését: Present Imperative Active: "Aktív beszéd, utasítást adhat valaminek a jövőbeli megcselekvésére, tagadó módban valamilyen cselekedet befejezésére." Ez itt egy negatív parancs, vagyis felszólítás arra, hogy -fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>1B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <span class="emphasis"><em>Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és +fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="1B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>1B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <span class="emphasis"><em>Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</em></span> Mi ez a megkenés?</p><p>Az aleipho (218) - "beolajozni" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is amit a "megken" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - "bekenni, @@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ bedörzsölni olajjal, hivatalra, vagy vallási szolgálatra felszentelni" (Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidőt is, "apta" befejezett melléknévi igenév, ami egyszerű cselekményre utal, az igéhez való viszonya szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belüli -főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Az aleipho kereszthivatkozásai: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</p></li><li><p>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék -őt.</p></li><li><p>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.</p></li><li><p>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</p></li><li><p>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a -saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Chrio kereszthivatkozásai: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk. 4:28 „<span class="quote">Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy -a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit -felkentél, [...]</p></li><li><p>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és -hatalommal, </p></li><li><p>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a +főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Az aleipho kereszthivatkozásai: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék +őt.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a +saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Chrio kereszthivatkozásai: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk. 4:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy +a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit +felkentél, [...]</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és +hatalommal, </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata, "chrio" pedig a szellemi</em></span></p><p>Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html index 8b5543f..0db91ae 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content='Vázlat A Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát egy vezérfonal a biblia tanulmányozásához A BibleTime csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni.'><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Harman</span>, <span class="firstname">Bob</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span>, <span class="firstname"></span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content='Vázlat A Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát egy vezérfonal a biblia tanulmányozásához A BibleTime csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni.'><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Harman</span>, <span class="firstname">Bob</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span>, <span class="firstname"></span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi közlemény"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" felhasználási feltételei szerint licenszelte. A magyar fordítást Novák Géza készítette. </p><p> Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön jelzettek. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Vázlat</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Vázlat"><p class="title"><b>Vázlat</b></p><p> A <span class="application">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</span> egy vezérfonal a biblia tanulmányozásához </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index e519f76..404e0f0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 «<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 «<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>»</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 «<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>» -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 «<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="L'ascolto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="La lettura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>»</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>»</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>» -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 «<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>»</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 «<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 «<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizzazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>» +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>»</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 4337cff..df69a0e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does «<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>» mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>»</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di -praticare le tue buone opere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>» -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di +praticare le tue buone opere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>»</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 4a12674..47a25a8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle -definizioni! Non leggere quello che non �detto.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle +definizioni! Non leggere quello che non �detto.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contesto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referenze"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La parola di Dio non �contradittoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html index 9627170..bf95cbf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o -una concordanza.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di una personaggio</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di -Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio tematico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o +una concordanza.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio di una personaggio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di una personaggio</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di +Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Esposizione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 5e46fc9..29efacb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un particolare versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finch�trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</p></li><li><p>«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno studio tematico </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Trovare un particolare versetto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un particolare versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finch�trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Fare uno studio tematico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno studio tematico </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>» and 1 Cor.2:15 «<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>» Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>»</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>»</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i significati dei nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o -ebraico.</p><p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joshua</p></li><li><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Trovare i significati dei nomi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i significati dei nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o +ebraico.</p><p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joshua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html index 1723b17..9c03909 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said «<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»; just +said <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 09167f7..36d1d39 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index c707b67..5aa19b0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Tm 2,15 <span class="emphasis"><em>«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Esortazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tm 2,15 <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un uomo degno di approvazione, un lavoratore che non ha di che vergognarsi, uno -scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della verità.</span>»</em></span> +scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della verità.</span>»</span></em></span> </p><p> -Col 3,16 <span class="emphasis"><em>«<span class="quote">La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi +Col 3,16 <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi abbondantemente; ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a Dio di cuore e con gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici -spirituali.</span>»</em></span> +spirituali.</span>»</span></em></span> </p><p>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? </p><p> Non poco!</p><p> Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che da battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: Una volta per tutte</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che da battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 92c449d..c4319ec 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende liberi</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che rende liberi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende liberi</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e là da qualsiasi vento di dottrina saremo radicati nella verità col risultato che non saremo facilmente "soffiati via."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>E Gesù rispose loro: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Voi vi ingannate, non conoscendo né le Scritture, né la potenza di Dio.</em></span>"Mt 22,29</p><p>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati -dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li><p>La forza di Dio </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che da battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La forza di Dio </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che da battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html index 1c188e1..4c740e0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: Una volta per tutte</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: «<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 64653aa..4569476 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nuovo Testamento in un anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla -settimana.</p></li><li><p>Proverbi in un mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al -giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</p></li><li><p>Salmi in un mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per -esempio: il 20 leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li><p>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al -giorno.</p></li><li><p>Antico testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuovo Testamento in un anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla +settimana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbi in un mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al +giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmi in un mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per +esempio: il 20 leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al +giorno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antico testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: Una volta per tutte </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 3851460..b90a2cb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che da battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che da battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro che da battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che da battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che da battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che da battaglia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro che da battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p> Ef 6,10-18 è un immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Quale? </td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html index 8487100..84d220a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che funziona</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che funziona"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che funziona</h2></div></div></div><p> Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la bibbia "<span class="emphasis"><em>opera in voi che credete.</em></span>" Accanto ad ogni scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie. diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html index b330521..877afed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro eccezionale</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un libro eccezionale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro eccezionale</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html index f41e734..320746d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "<span class="emphasis"><em>nato d'acqua +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "<span class="emphasis"><em>nato d'acqua e di Spirito.</em></span>" Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 «<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>» has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 «<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>»</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 01c64a5..08d8950 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking «<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>» but -«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»; later we can ask, -«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>». We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> «<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>» (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span> but +<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>»</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html index d3b22fe..da7ab13 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>» in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «<span class="quote">evil eye</span>». Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 «<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</p><p>Deut.33:27 «<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 «<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>». W.M. said, «<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>»</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>»</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html index c796650..b71255e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una -parabola e un'allegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i -diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html index c8b9c0b..150cb65 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>»</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Referenze. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referenze"><b>Referenze. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 «<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>»</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html index 26aa343..22e2301 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legale"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> @@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armamento spirituale</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 4229391..a92ec40 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>들음(Hear)</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽음(Read)</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="들음(Hear)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>들음(Hear)</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="읽음(Read)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽음(Read)</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="암송(Memorize)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="묵상(Meditate)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 19ff65c..8f9e0dc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index c6dd38a..95c49cd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="바른 해석의 기본"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="내용(Content)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="문맥(Context)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="겹참조(Cross-reference)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">성경공부의 유형들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html index c0377bd..b4e692d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="성경공부의 유형들"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="주제별 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="인물별 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="설명적인(Expository) 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index fc872eb..1e53577 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기 </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="특정 구절 찾기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="주제별 성경공부 하기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기 </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="이름의 의미들을 찾기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html index 9a8c1f1..878a5ca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 50edbd3..ceab65b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 84f9d02..f390bcd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="권면(Exhortations)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p> 딤후 2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님 앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라.</em></span>" </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index daaaa9e..96e19c2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="자유케하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -8,4 +8,4 @@ Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>이것은 조건적 바람</em></span>이다. "<span class="emphasis"><em>결과적으로 우리는 더이상 교리들의 모든 바람에 이리저리로 흔들리는 어린아이와 같아서는 안된다...</em></span>"성경을 공부하면 우리가 얻게 되는 유익중 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "바람에 흔들리지" 않도록 우리의 믿음을 진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>너희가 성경도 하나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV -Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</em></span>"마 22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li><p>하나님의 능력 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</em></span>"마 22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 능력 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html index b46b9fd..8a1e380 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 9b74b2d..17eef26 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 수 있다. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부가(Appendix): "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html index f2899b3..6518357 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> 엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것인가? </td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면(Exhortations)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html index 135cac8..5cee503 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="역사하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> 성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 "<span class="emphasis"><em>말씀이 또한 너희 믿는 자 속에서 역사하느니라.</em></span>" 그밖의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다. </p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조(Reference)</th><th>역사하는 것(Action)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26 diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html index e22f792..3ea6bb4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="특별한(Unique) 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html index 5d286ce..a0593e8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="예 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="예 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 031a5ce..677ca36 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but -“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, -“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="예 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html index df3e791..367b6d5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="예 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html index ea0537b..418db87 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="예 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html index 8501407..c4e4b22 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>겹참조(Cross-reference). </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="겹참조(Cross-reference)"><b>겹참조(Cross-reference). </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="예 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html index 1094640..4a97b3a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">저작권 © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">저작권 © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="법적 공지"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>개요</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="개요"><p class="title"><b>개요</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 7e8e0d6..feb9380 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Horen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lezen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Bestuderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memoriseren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Overdenken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html index b12cc2c..0e4d7ba 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde -manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde +manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index c3eaedc..82ebc63 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met -definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Inhoud"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met +definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tekstverwijzingen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html index 97bf803..c42331c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van -tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het -leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Onderwerp-studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van +tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Karakterstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het +leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 65e6f52..cb4dc2b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om een bepaald vers te vinden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden hebt.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Om een onderwerp-studie doen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of -Hebreews vinden.</p><p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of +Hebreews vinden.</p><p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jozua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html index 1368e3b..7c77030 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 186c3cf..618382d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En boek met de adem van God"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 4467d4e..9b5d53c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vermaningen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid recht snijdt.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index bb50519..8396cdf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei wind van leer...</em></span>"Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de -Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</em></span>" Matt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gods woord</p></li><li><p>Gods kracht </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</em></span>" Matt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Gods woord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gods kracht </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html index f211383..b52f76d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 25d7e66..a5908a8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per -week.</p></li><li><p>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, -overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</p></li><li><p>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van -30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag -een hoofdstuk.</p></li><li><p>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per +week.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, +overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van +30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag +een hoofdstuk.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html index e10d8cf..033e163 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p> Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welke? </td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html index 3cacb79..4a6cbda 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een boek dat werkt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p> Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel "<span class="emphasis"><em>werkzaam is in u, die gelooft</em></span>" Schrijf naast elk schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet. diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html index 09827ec..ff903b2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Een uniek boek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html index 1c37c50..cfe7c56 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ...uit water +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ...uit water en geest."</em></span> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier gaat?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index d05a023..04b3239 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but -“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, -“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Example 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 6bf0b3a..ef0dfed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 00aa785..a60c4a1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een -gelijkenis en een allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om -de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html index eca625c..9393c00 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,30 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Tekstverwijzingen. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Tekstverwijzingen"><b>Tekstverwijzingen. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -40,18 +40,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html index cf9e010..d461aa6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Bericht"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Overzicht</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Overzicht"><p class="title"><b>Overzicht</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 3b2ceef..ef9e667 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -3,25 +3,23 @@ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> <title>Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da BÃblia</title> <para> -<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal -life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.</para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas +que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.</para> </blockquote> </para> -<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just -so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. +<para>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero +disse <quote>nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê</quote>, então no +estudo bÃblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com +Deus. </para> <blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]</para> +<para>Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era +o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as +palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus +estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados</para> <para>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a BÃblia é lida, é necessário que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</para> @@ -29,10 +27,10 @@ que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title> -<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</para> +<para>Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e +a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas +escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em +nossas mentes.</para> <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Ouvir</title> <para>Lc 11.28 <quote>Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a @@ -68,11 +66,12 @@ escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita de dia e noite. </quote> </para> -<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +<para>Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar +todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos +quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo +precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e +memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da +BÃblia.</para> </sect2> </sect1> @@ -112,11 +111,11 @@ outras escrituras.</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title> -<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> +<para>Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo +versÃculo-chave, o versÃculo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou? +Teste-o pegando diversas partes na passagem e perguntando a você mesmo se +está relacionado com o versÃculo-chave escolhido. Quando achar, escreva-o +numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano:</para> <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> <listitem><para>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</para></listitem> @@ -138,9 +137,8 @@ maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</para> <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> <listitem><para>Quando você oferta <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> -today?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>faça-o em secreto</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem <quote>toca a trombeta</quote>?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>faça-o em secreto.</para></listitem> <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> </orderedlist></para> </listitem> @@ -151,26 +149,26 @@ today?)</para></listitem> <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Para encontrar um versÃculo particular</title> <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versÃculo</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versÃculo</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versÃculo.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versÃculo.</para></listitem> </orderedlist> <para>Encontre esses versÃculos: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>A história do rico e de Lázaro</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</para></listitem> </orderedlist> </para> </sect2> <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </title> -<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </para> +<para>Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra +"redenção". Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e +procure as referencias listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras +relacionadas e referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido, +resgate," até "comprar" ou "comprado." </para> </sect2> @@ -182,14 +180,14 @@ sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir daqui). </para> <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Procure "julgar" </para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Agora procure "julgado"</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Procure "julgar".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. A direita existe um número, +2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Agora procure "julgado".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entà o a +lÃngua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o +significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta! </para></listitem> </orderedlist> </sect2> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 0ea56b1..c7e174d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,29 +1,30 @@ <chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importância da Palavra de Deus</title> -<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</para> +<para>Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o +nome de Deus. Estudar a BÃblia é uma das principais formas que nós +aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus.</para> <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Um Livro que é Único</title> -<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> +<para>A BÃblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por +ano. A BÃblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano! </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um perÃodo de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes +autores em diferentes ocasiões, contudo é lida como se tivesse sido escrita +por uma única pessoa. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents -Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: +Preservação. F. F. Burce em <emphasis>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são +confiáveis?</emphasis> compara os manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros +textos antigos: </para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -63,50 +64,49 @@ texts: <entry>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</entry><entry>130 D.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 D.C. Manuscritos completos</entry> <entry>30 - 310 anos</entry><entry>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim </entry></row> </tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the -New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri -containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> -p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +<para>Existem dez copias de Caesar's <emphasis>Gallaic War</emphasis>, a mais nova +foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original, etc. Para o Novo +Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 D.C., papiro contendo +a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 D.C. e fragmentos do evangelho de +João de 130 D.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar uns com os +outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em <emphasis>Questões da Vida</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </para></blockquote> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title> -<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and -active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> -"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every -word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. +<para><emphasis>Hb 4.12</emphasis>"<emphasis>Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e +eficaz...</emphasis>" Jesus disse <emphasis>(Mt 4.4)</emphasis>, +"<emphasis>Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o homem, mas de toda palavra +que sai da boca de Deus</emphasis>". Enquanto lemos a BÃblia, o EspÃrito de +Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova. </para> <para>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<emphasis>Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada</emphasis>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </para> <blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God -said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well -did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 -Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality -of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... +InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles +havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou +'Deus disse' (Mc 7.10). Ele pode citar um comentário do narrador em Genesis +2.24 como uma declaração do Próprio Criador (Mt 19.4-5). Do mesmo modo, ele +disse, 'Bem profetizou IsaÃas acerca de vós, hipócritas, como está escrito:' +quando Ele se referia a uma fala direta do Senhor Deus (Mc 7.6 & Is +29.13). É de Jesus mesmo que os autores do Novo Testamento haviam ganhado +convicção da dupla autoria das Escrituras. Para eles era verdade tanto dizer +'Havendo Deus antigamente falado muitas vezes, e de muitas maneiras, aos +pais, pelos profetas' (Hb 1.1) quanto dizer que 'os homens da parte de Deus +falaram movidos pelo EspÃrito Santo' (2 Pe 1.21). Deus não falou de uma +forma que apagasse a personalidade do autor humano, nem os homens escreveram +de uma forma que corrompesse a Palavra do Autor divino. Deus falou. Homens +falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro... </para> <para> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> +Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho +deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da BÃblia era o testemunho de +Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina +da BÃblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso. </para></blockquote> <para>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<emphasis>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta. </para> <para> O que o Estudo BÃblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a BÃblia "<emphasis>opera em vós que credes</emphasis>". Do lado de cada escritura, -escreva o que a Palavra faz: +escreva o que a Palavra faz. </para> <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> <title>O que o Estudo BÃblico faz para os cristãos?</title> @@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ palavra" At 20.32 </entry> <entry> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, à quele que é poderoso para vos +edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados" </entry> </row> <row> @@ -193,12 +193,12 @@ homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus" <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title> <para> -Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +Jo 8.32 "<emphasis>e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos +libertará</emphasis>" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa +incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a +resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 "<emphasis>Se vós +permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus +discÃpulos...</emphasis>"</para> <para>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da verdade da Palavra de Deus.</para> @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ verdade da Palavra de Deus.</para> <emphasis>vento violento</emphasis>. "<emphasis> para que não mais sejamos meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...</emphasis>". Uma coisa que estudar a BÃblia faz por nós é nos -firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor". </para> +firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor".</para> <para><emphasis>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</emphasis> Mt 22.29</para> @@ -251,41 +251,41 @@ espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações" Não só um pouquinho!</para> <para> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</emphasis>" +Ec 12.11 "<emphasis>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como pregos +bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram dadas pelo +único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos livros não +há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</emphasis>" </para> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title> <blockquote> <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso,</emphasis>Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed -by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and -<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done -as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola -gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é +expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o +advérbio <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> e +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. É comumente traduzida na Versão +Autorizada como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de "o que foi +feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição" e é usada no +Novo Testamento, tanto em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a +fé que foi de uma vez por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos +diz, "<emphasis>Porque morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por +todas</emphasis>" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28). </para> <para> +Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo +sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a +redenção Cristã são indistinguÃveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser +adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a +Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das +tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos +humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foram<foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> para nossa autoridade e <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> para nossa salvação.</para> </blockquote> </sect1> -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura BÃblica</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura BÃblica</title> <para> Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua +BÃblia. Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por +exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para +mantê-lo atualizado! </para> <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> <listitem><para>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capÃtulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</para></listitem> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 2b9648e..db5040d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,89 +1,92 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regas de Interpretação BÃblica (Hermeneutica)</title> -<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We -want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose -goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one -interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing -this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the -correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regas de Interpretação BÃblica (Hermenêutica)</title> +<para>Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias +Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica +bÃblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor +original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas, +somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que +nenhuma escritura é de particular interpretação (2 Pe 1.20 <quote>sabendo +primeiramente isto: que nenhuma profecia da Escritura é de particular +interpretação</quote>) Certas regras são úteis para descobrimos o +significado correto, ignorando essas regras pessoas trouxeram vários +problemas para si e para seus seguidores. 2 Pe 3.16 <quote>...nas quais há +pontos difÃceis de entender, que os indoutos e inconstantes torcem, como o +fazem também com as outras Escrituras, para sua própria perdição</quote></para> -<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say -your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> +<para>Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que +nossa atenção voltou-se para um versÃculo particular, cujo significado não é +claro para você. Como você o estuda? Tenha essas regras em mente:</para> -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</title> -<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</para> +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</title> +<para>Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da +palavra, melhor será nossa interpretação. Procure achar o exato significado +das palavras chave seguindo os seguintes passos:</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> <formalpara><title>Definição</title> - <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</para> + <para>Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a +conjugação do verbo também é crucial.</para> </formalpara> </listitem> <listitem> <formalpara><title>Referencia Cruzada</title> - <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word -(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light -on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other -authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + <para>Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou +hebraica (não a palavra em português) é usada na escritura pode ajudar a +esclarecer ou trazer alguma luz sobre a definição. Como o mesmo autor usou +essa palavra em outros lugares? Outros autores? A sua ferramenta de +referência deve te dar usos da palavra em documentos não-bÃblicos +também. Porque nós vamos para as lÃnguas originais, porque português não é +bom o suficiente? <emphasis>Porque mais de uma palavra grega pode ser +traduzida para a mesma palavra em português, e as palavras gregas podem ter +significados diferentes.</emphasis></para> </formalpara> </listitem> </orderedlist> <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Exemplo 1A</title> -<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? -Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up -in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> +<para>Jo 20.17 <emphasis>"Deixa de me tocar"</emphasis> parece áspero, não? Parece +que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era +muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em +<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis>, de Spiros +Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> -<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." -The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from -pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of -something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right -after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may -indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous -or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing -something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para>Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "tocar" nós vemos +"pim680". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-se +à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição +(pág. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de +um objeto para exercer uma influencia modificadora sobre ele... Distinto de +pselaphao (5584), que significa somente tocar a superfice de algo". Agora +vejamos "pim". Os códigos da gramática em Zodhiates ficam depois de +Apocalipse, na pág 849 nós vemos que "pim" significa "presente imperativo +ativo (80)". Na pág. 857, "Presente Imperativo. Na voz ativa pode indicar um +comando para fazer alguma coisa ou alguma coisa no futuro que envolve ação +contÃnua ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer +alguma coisa". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer +alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?</para> <para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> </section> <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Exemplo 1B</title> -<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> -<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another -Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The -aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> +<para>Em Tiago 5.14, <emphasis>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da +igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do +Senhor"</emphasis>. Que unção é essa?</para> +<para>Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe +outra palavra grega traduzida como "unção", chrio (5548) - "espalhar ou +esfregar oléo em, ex: para consagrar para um cargo ou função religiosa" +(Strong's). Como é um verbo, considere também a conjugação, "apta" passado +participativo aoristo. "O passado paticipativo aoristo expressa uma ação +simples, ao contrário de uma ação contÃnua... quando o relacionamento com o +verbo principal é temporal, normalmente significa ação anterior ao verbo +principal" (Zodhiates, p 851).</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem><para>Referencia Cruzada para aleipho: <orderedlist> <listitem><para>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</para></listitem> <listitem><para>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e -os curavam</para></listitem> +os curavam.</para></listitem> <listitem><para>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</para></listitem> <listitem><para>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus cabelos</para></listitem> @@ -104,44 +107,45 @@ Deus</para></listitem> <para>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as definições e note a diferença: <emphasis>"Aleipho" é o uso prático -de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</emphasis>.</para> +de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</emphasis></para> -<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of -oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. +<para>Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo +naquele tempo: quando o bom samaritano cuidou do homem espancado por ladrões +ele passou óleo e vinho nas feridas. Então, óleo tinha um uso medicinal nos +tempos de Jesus. </para> <para>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 <emphasis>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor"</emphasis>. Essa unção é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</para> <para> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated -"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is -saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! +A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria +melhor traduzido como "tendo ungido", então, a ordem é para ungir primeiro, +então orar ("no nome do Senhor" refere-se a oração, não à unção). Tiago 5 +está dizendo que os anciãos devem dar à pessoa doente medicina e então orar +por ela no nome do Senhor. Isso expressa um belo balanço entre o prático e o +espiritual em nosso Deus! </para> </section> </section> <section id="h2-rules-context"> <title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bÃblico</title> -<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</para> +<para>Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos +vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capÃtulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se +adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o +que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a +chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós +interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante.</para> <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Exemplo 2A</title> <para>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <emphasis>"nascer da água e do EspÃrito"</emphasis>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?</para> -<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden -change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +<para>Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do +tema que estava sendo discutido entre Jesus e Nicodemos. Procure por uma +troca de tema repentina, e pode ser uma indicação que a sua interpretação +está errada! A água é o lÃquido amniotico, "nascer da água" = nascimento +natural.</para> </section> <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Exemplo 2B</title> <para>1 Co 14.34 <quote>as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</quote> deve ser @@ -149,15 +153,16 @@ considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <quote>Mas toda mulher que ora ou profetiza....</quote></para> </section> <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Exemplo 2C</title> -<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +<para>Atos 2.38 <quote>Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um +de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos +pecados..."</quote> está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse +fosse o único versÃculo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderÃamos concluir +isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em +Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o +batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o +batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter +escrito 1 Co 1.17 <emphasis>"Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas +para pregar o evangelho"</emphasis>? </para> </section> </section> @@ -165,50 +170,51 @@ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> <title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title> <para> -At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but -<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, -<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> +Nós não começamos perguntando <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>, +mas <quote>O que isso significou para os leitores originais?</quote>; depois +nós podemos nos perguntar <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>. Nós +devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos +destinatários.</para> -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</para> -<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, -as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets -of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</para> +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 dias e 3 noites</quote> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria +da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira à +tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia +ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não +ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição.</para> +<para>Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de +um dia como um dia completo, assim como nós contamos baldes d'água (se +existem seis baldes e meio de água, nós dizemos que existem sete baldes, +mesmo que um deles não esteja completamente cheio). Então, para os judeus, +qualquer parte do dia contava como um dia completo, e os dias começavam as +6h e terminavam à s 18h. Sexta de 15h até 18h = dia 1. Sexta 18h até Sábado +18h = dia 2. Sábado 18h até Domingo lá pelas 5h = dia 3. Interpretar o texto +no contexto cultural ajuda-nos a livramo-nos de erros.</para> </section> -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Exemplo 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then -walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that -dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</para> +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Exemplo 3B</title><para>Gn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando +entre as medates era a forma normal de firmar um contrato nos dias de +Abraão. Ambas as partes andavam juntas, prometendo que o desmembramento +podia acontecer à eles se eles deixassem sua parte no contrato. Mas no caso, +somente Deus passou, fazendo um contrato unilateral.</para> </section> </section> <section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title> -<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> +<para>Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E +observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.</para> <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Exemplo 4A</title> -<para><quote>olhos maus</quote> em Mt 6.23</para> -<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> -<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do -what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because -I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +<para><quote>olhos maus</quote> em Mt 6.23.</para> +<para>Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. +Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não +combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós +não estamos entendendo corretamente!!!</para> +<para>O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, <quote>olho +mau</quote>. Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: <emphasis>"Não +me é lÃcito fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu +sou bom?"</emphasis> Nós descobrimos que um "olho mau" em Hebraico é uma +expressão para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos +como esse significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto.</para> </section> <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Exemplo 4B</title> @@ -216,17 +222,17 @@ notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> <para>Dt 33.27 <quote>O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços eternos</quote></para> <para> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they -go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was -giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of -interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. +Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos +Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as +pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar +deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons +desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de +versÃculos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um +versÃculo, Sl 91.4 <emphasis>"Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das +suas asas encontras refúgio"</emphasis>. W. M. disse "pelas mesmas regras de +interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês +também provam que ele era um pássaro". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que +eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridÃcula. </para> </section> </section> @@ -237,26 +243,27 @@ parábola e uma alegoria</title> significado</emphasis></para> <para>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</para> -<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an -allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> +<para>Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma +alegoria: a semente é a palavra de Deus, os espinhos são medos e avareza, +etc. Mas várias parábolas não são alegorias mas simplesmente histórias para +ilustrar um ponto. É perigoso obter nossas doutrinas a partir de parábolas; +elas podem ser torcidas para dizer todo o tipo de coisas. Nós precisamos +fazer as nossas doutrinas de escrituras claras. Então, se uma parábola a +ilustra, ótimo.</para> <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Exemplo 5A</title> -<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story -illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</para> +<para>A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma +lição: ousadia na oração. Se nós a considerarmos como uma alegoria, o que +nós teremos?</para> <para>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</para></section> <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Exemplo 5B</title> -<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> -<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +<para>A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? +Ela é uma alegoria? </para> +<para>O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele +tinha que preparar para quando ele não tivesse. Mas ele não estava sendo +elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre. </para> </section> </section> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook index 48ef931..c606694 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> <copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> - <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + <holder>Time do &bibletime;, (info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -40,8 +40,9 @@ url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. </para> <para> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. + Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard +Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por +AA). </para> </legalnotice> @@ -49,16 +50,16 @@ indicated. <title>Resumo</title> <para> - The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the -Bible. + O <application>Estudo BÃblico HowTo</application> é um guia para estudo da +BÃblia. </para> <para> - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + A esperança do time do &bibletime; é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a +estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular +foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em +particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender +o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor +mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você. </para> </abstract> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index d107bdc..818fe76 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 “<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a -palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1.3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as -palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</p><p>1 Tm 4.13 “<span class="quote">aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 “<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e +a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas +escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em +nossas mentes.</p><div class="sect2" title="Ouvir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a +palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Ler"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1.3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as +palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</span></p><p>1 Tm 4.13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras -para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>” -</p><p>2 Tm 2.15 “<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro +para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>”</span> +</p><p>2 Tm 2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da -verdade.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 119.11 “<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra -ti.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 1.2-3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos +verdade.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 119.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra +ti.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 1.2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos ímpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita -de dia e noite. </span>” -</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +de dia e noite. </span>”</span> +</p><p>Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar +todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos +quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo +precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e +memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da +Bíblia.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 27d77ee..3527d1f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</p></li></ol></div><p>O que “<span class="quote">fazer as vossas boas obras</span>” significa? A passagem dá +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo +versículo-chave, o versículo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou? +Teste-o pegando diversas partes na passagem e perguntando a você mesmo se +está relacionado com o versículo-chave escolhido. Quando achar, escreva-o +numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</p></li></ol></div><p>O que <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">fazer as vossas boas obras</span>”</span> significa? A passagem dá algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Nossas motivações!</em></span> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quando você oferta</p></li><li><p>Quando você jejua</p></li><li><p>Quando você ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar -maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quando você oferta - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>faça-o em secreto</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretação Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Como usar uma concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Nossas motivações!</em></span> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você oferta</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você jejua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar +maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você oferta + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">toca a trombeta</span>”</span>?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>faça-o em secreto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretação Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Como usar uma concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 6db902c..fb784a8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretação Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretação Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com -definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretação Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretação Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Conteúdo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com +definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a -passagem e livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia Cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus +passagem e livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referencia Cruzada"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia Cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus não se contradiz, entào nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de outras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html index d4bd4a7..94dc6bb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma -concordância.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretação Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo de Tópicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma +concordância.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo de Personagem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo Expositivo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretação Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 7b65383..b11e382 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Como usar uma concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Como usar uma concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Como usar uma concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo</p></li><li><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente</p></li><li><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontre esses versículos: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>A história do rico e de Lázaro</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida -entre Mt 7.1 “<span class="quote">Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados</span>” e 1 Co -2.15 “<span class="quote">Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</span>”. Talvez +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Como usar uma concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Como usar uma concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Como usar uma concordância"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Como usar uma concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar um versículo particular"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo.</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontre esses versículos: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </h3></div></div></div><p>Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra +"redenção". Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e +procure as referencias listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras +relacionadas e referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido, +resgate," até "comprar" ou "comprado." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida +entre Mt 7.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados</span>”</span> e 1 Co +2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</span>”</span>. Talvez sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir -daqui). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Procure "julgar" </p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Agora procure "julgado"</p></li><li><p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego -ou hebraico.</p><p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +daqui). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Procure "julgar".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. A direita existe um número, +2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Agora procure "julgado".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entào a +língua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o +significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Encontre o significado dos nomes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego +ou hebraico.</p><p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html index c837a4a..db2541d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal -life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just -so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]</p><p>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas +que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero +disse <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê</span>”</span>, então no +estudo bíblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com +Deus. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era +o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as +palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus +estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados</p><p>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index b8c4792..5cf2d66 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,30 +1,29 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and -active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every -word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Hb 4.12</em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e +eficaz...</em></span>" Jesus disse <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt 4.4)</em></span>, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o homem, mas de toda palavra +que sai da boca de Deus</em></span>". Enquanto lemos a Bíblia, o Espírito de +Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova. </p><p>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<span class="emphasis"><em>Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada</em></span>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a -atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God -said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well -did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 -Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality -of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... +atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles +havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou +'Deus disse' (Mc 7.10). Ele pode citar um comentário do narrador em Genesis +2.24 como uma declaração do Próprio Criador (Mt 19.4-5). Do mesmo modo, ele +disse, 'Bem profetizou Isaías acerca de vós, hipócritas, como está escrito:' +quando Ele se referia a uma fala direta do Senhor Deus (Mc 7.6 & Is +29.13). É de Jesus mesmo que os autores do Novo Testamento haviam ganhado +convicção da dupla autoria das Escrituras. Para eles era verdade tanto dizer +'Havendo Deus antigamente falado muitas vezes, e de muitas maneiras, aos +pais, pelos profetas' (Hb 1.1) quanto dizer que 'os homens da parte de Deus +falaram movidos pelo Espírito Santo' (2 Pe 1.21). Deus não falou de uma +forma que apagasse a personalidade do autor humano, nem os homens escreveram +de uma forma que corrompesse a Palavra do Autor divino. Deus falou. Homens +falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro... </p><p> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora +Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho +deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da Bíblia era o testemunho de +Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina +da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<span class="emphasis"><em>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</em></span>". Se nós diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 12f423c..51ac30c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortações</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortações</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortações</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortações</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortações</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exortações"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortações</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade" </p><p> @@ -7,9 +7,8 @@ ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações" </p><p>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem? </p><p> Não só um pouquinho!</p><p> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>" +Ec 12.11 "<span class="emphasis"><em>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como pregos +bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram dadas pelo +único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos livros não +há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</em></span>" </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index f0d316f..9edf186 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p> -Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jo 8.32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos +libertará</em></span>" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa +incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a +resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Se vós +permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus +discípulos...</em></span>"</p><p>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da verdade da Palavra de Deus.</p><p>A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um <span class="emphasis"><em>vento violento</em></span>. "<span class="emphasis"><em> para que não mais sejamos meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...</em></span>". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos -firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as -Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li><p>Poder de Deus </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as +Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Poder de Deus </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html index a76f357..919d31a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed -by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done -as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso,</em></span>Editora +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é +expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o +advérbio <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> e +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. É comumente traduzida na Versão +Autorizada como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de "o que foi +feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição" e é usada no +Novo Testamento, tanto em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a +fé que foi de uma vez por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos +diz, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por +todas</em></span>" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28). </p><p> +Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo +sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a +redenção Cristã são indistinguíveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser +adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a +Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das +tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos +humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foram<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> para nossa autoridade e <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> para nossa salvação.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso,</em></span>Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortações </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 49924a0..3c928ec 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li><p>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente -ao dia do mês.</p></li><li><p>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por -exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li><p>Salmos e Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo por -dia.</p></li><li><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p> Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua +Bíblia. Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por +exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para +mantê-lo atualizado! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente +ao dia do mês.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por +exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos e Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo por +dia.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos e Provérbios, você lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 0282719..da0cb88 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Luta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p> Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas são para atacar?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Qual? </td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortações</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html index 8b15cc5..cc4d7fe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p> O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia "<span class="emphasis"><em>opera em vós que credes</em></span>". Do lado de cada escritura, -escreva o que a Palavra faz: +escreva o que a Palavra faz. </p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referência</th><th>Ação</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.25 </td><td>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela palavra" </td></tr><tr><td> At 20.32 </td><td> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos +edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados" </td></tr><tr><td> Rm 15.4 </td><td> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html index c899c43..a9f6f06 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,26 +1,27 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents -Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o +nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das principais formas que nós +aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus.</p><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que é Único"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> +Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por +ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano! +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> +Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes +autores em diferentes ocasiões, contudo é lida como se tivesse sido escrita +por uma única pessoa. +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> +Preservação. F. F. Burce em <span class="emphasis"><em>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são +confiáveis?</em></span> compara os manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros +textos antigos: </p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8 </td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anos</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anos</td><td>10 </td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>História Romana</em></span></td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anos</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td>Novo Testamento</td><td>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</td><td>130 D.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 D.C. Manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 anos</td><td>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the -New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri -containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em -absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Estudo Bíblico HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existem dez copias de Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallaic War</em></span>, a mais nova +foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original, etc. Para o Novo +Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 D.C., papiro contendo +a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 D.C. e fragmentos do evangelho de +João de 130 D.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar uns com os +outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em <span class="emphasis"><em>Questões da Vida</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Estudo Bíblico HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html index 34bbc37..78a5925 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do -Espírito"</em></span>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden -change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 “<span class="quote">as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>” deve ser -considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 “<span class="quote">Mas toda mulher que ora ou -profetiza....</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos +vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se +adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o +que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a +chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós +interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do +Espírito"</em></span>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?</p><p>Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do +tema que estava sendo discutido entre Jesus e Nicodemos. Procure por uma +troca de tema repentina, e pode ser uma indicação que a sua interpretação +está errada! A água é o líquido amniotico, "nascer da água" = nascimento +natural.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>”</span> deve ser +considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas toda mulher que ora ou +profetiza....</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Atos 2.38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um +de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos +pecados..."</span>”</span> está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse +fosse o único versículo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderíamos concluir +isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em +Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o +batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o +batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter +escrito 1 Co 1.17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas +para pregar o evangelho"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 8243d09..715f8d6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but -“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, -“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, -as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets -of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then -walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that -dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p> +Nós não começamos perguntando <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significa para mim?</span>”</span>, +mas <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significou para os leitores originais?</span>”</span>; depois +nós podemos nos perguntar <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significa para mim?</span>”</span>. Nós +devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos +destinatários.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 dias e 3 noites</span>”</span> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria +da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira à +tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia +ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não +ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição.</p><p>Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de +um dia como um dia completo, assim como nós contamos baldes d'água (se +existem seis baldes e meio de água, nós dizemos que existem sete baldes, +mesmo que um deles não esteja completamente cheio). Então, para os judeus, +qualquer parte do dia contava como um dia completo, e os dias começavam as +6h e terminavam às 18h. Sexta de 15h até 18h = dia 1. Sexta 18h até Sábado +18h = dia 2. Sábado 18h até Domingo lá pelas 5h = dia 3. Interpretar o texto +no contexto cultural ajuda-nos a livramo-nos de erros.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando +entre as medates era a forma normal de firmar um contrato nos dias de +Abraão. Ambas as partes andavam juntas, prometendo que o desmembramento +podia acontecer à eles se eles deixassem sua parte no contrato. Mas no caso, +somente Deus passou, fazendo um contrato unilateral.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 64e7208..a27fd38 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,23 +1,24 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>” em Mt 6.23</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do -what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because -I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 “<span class="quote">Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</span>”</p><p>Dt 33.27 “<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços -eternos</span>”</p><p> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they -go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was -giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of -interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E +observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>”</span> em Mt 6.23.</p><p>Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. +Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não +combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós +não estamos entendendo corretamente!!!</p><p>O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">olho +mau</span>”</span>. Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Não +me é lícito fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu +sou bom?"</em></span> Nós descobrimos que um "olho mau" em Hebraico é uma +expressão para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos +como esse significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</span>”</span></p><p>Dt 33.27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços +eternos</span>”</span></p><p> +Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos +Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as +pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar +deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons +desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de +versículos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um +versículo, Sl 91.4 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das +suas asas encontras refúgio"</em></span>. W. M. disse "pelas mesmas regras de +interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês +também provam que ele era um pássaro". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que +eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridícula. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 834a3d1..ed13cd6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma -parábola e uma alegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>Uma alegoria é: <span class="emphasis"><em>uma história onde cada elemento tem um -significado</em></span></p><p>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an -allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story -illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</p><p>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para -proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +significado</em></span></p><p>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</p><p>Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma +alegoria: a semente é a palavra de Deus, os espinhos são medos e avareza, +etc. Mas várias parábolas não são alegorias mas simplesmente histórias para +ilustrar um ponto. É perigoso obter nossas doutrinas a partir de parábolas; +elas podem ser torcidas para dizer todo o tipo de coisas. Nós precisamos +fazer as nossas doutrinas de escrituras claras. Então, se uma parábola a +ilustra, ótimo.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma +lição: ousadia na oração. Se nós a considerarmos como uma alegoria, o que +nós teremos?</p><p>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para +proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? +Ela é uma alegoria? </p><p>O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele +tinha que preparar para quando ele não tivesse. Mas ele não estava sendo +elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html index 9ab4638..41b6c51 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,70 +1,73 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma -parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We -want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose -goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one -interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing -this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the -correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say -your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definição. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Referencia Cruzada. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word -(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light -on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other -authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? -Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up -in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." -The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from -pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of -something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right -after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may -indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous -or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing -something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another -Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The -aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Referencia Cruzada para aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</p></li><li><p>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo</p></li><li><p>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e -os curavam</p></li><li><p>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</p></li><li><p>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus -cabelos</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Referencia Cruzada de chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lc 4.18 “<span class="quote"> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para -anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</p></li><li><p>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder</p></li><li><p>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias +Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica +bíblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor +original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas, +somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que +nenhuma escritura é de particular interpretação (2 Pe 1.20 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sabendo +primeiramente isto: que nenhuma profecia da Escritura é de particular +interpretação</span>”</span>) Certas regras são úteis para descobrimos o +significado correto, ignorando essas regras pessoas trouxeram vários +problemas para si e para seus seguidores. 2 Pe 3.16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...nas quais há +pontos difíceis de entender, que os indoutos e inconstantes torcem, como o +fazem também com as outras Escrituras, para sua própria perdição</span>”</span></p><p>Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que +nossa atenção voltou-se para um versículo particular, cujo significado não é +claro para você. Como você o estuda? Tenha essas regras em mente:</p><div class="section" title="Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</h2></div></div></div><p>Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da +palavra, melhor será nossa interpretação. Procure achar o exato significado +das palavras chave seguindo os seguintes passos:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definição"><b>Definição. </b>Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a +conjugação do verbo também é crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referencia Cruzada"><b>Referencia Cruzada. </b>Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou +hebraica (não a palavra em português) é usada na escritura pode ajudar a +esclarecer ou trazer alguma luz sobre a definição. Como o mesmo autor usou +essa palavra em outros lugares? Outros autores? A sua ferramenta de +referência deve te dar usos da palavra em documentos não-bíblicos +também. Porque nós vamos para as línguas originais, porque português não é +bom o suficiente? <span class="emphasis"><em>Porque mais de uma palavra grega pode ser +traduzida para a mesma palavra em português, e as palavras gregas podem ter +significados diferentes.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jo 20.17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Deixa de me tocar"</em></span> parece áspero, não? Parece +que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era +muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em +<span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span>, de Spiros +Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "tocar" nós vemos +"pim680". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-se +à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição +(pág. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de +um objeto para exercer uma influencia modificadora sobre ele... Distinto de +pselaphao (5584), que significa somente tocar a superfice de algo". Agora +vejamos "pim". Os códigos da gramática em Zodhiates ficam depois de +Apocalipse, na pág 849 nós vemos que "pim" significa "presente imperativo +ativo (80)". Na pág. 857, "Presente Imperativo. Na voz ativa pode indicar um +comando para fazer alguma coisa ou alguma coisa no futuro que envolve ação +contínua ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer +alguma coisa". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer +alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Em Tiago 5.14, <span class="emphasis"><em>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da +igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do +Senhor"</em></span>. Que unção é essa?</p><p>Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe +outra palavra grega traduzida como "unção", chrio (5548) - "espalhar ou +esfregar oléo em, ex: para consagrar para um cargo ou função religiosa" +(Strong's). Como é um verbo, considere também a conjugação, "apta" passado +participativo aoristo. "O passado paticipativo aoristo expressa uma ação +simples, ao contrário de uma ação contínua... quando o relacionamento com o +verbo principal é temporal, normalmente significa ação anterior ao verbo +principal" (Zodhiates, p 851).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Referencia Cruzada para aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e +os curavam.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus +cabelos</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Referencia Cruzada de chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4.18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para +anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é Deus</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as definições e note a diferença: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Aleipho" é o uso prático -de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</em></span>.</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of -oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. +de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</em></span></p><p>Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo +naquele tempo: quando o bom samaritano cuidou do homem espancado por ladrões +ele passou óleo e vinho nas feridas. Então, óleo tinha um uso medicinal nos +tempos de Jesus. </p><p>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor"</em></span>. Essa unção é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</p><p> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated -"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is -saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! +A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria +melhor traduzido como "tendo ungido", então, a ordem é para ungir primeiro, +então orar ("no nome do Senhor" refere-se a oração, não à unção). Tiago 5 +está dizendo que os anciãos devem dar à pessoa doente medicina e então orar +por ela no nome do Senhor. Isso expressa um belo balanço entre o prático e o +espiritual em nosso Deus! </p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Como usar uma concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html index aff6785..5ffec2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html @@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Resumo The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Resumo O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da Bíblia. A esperança do time do BibleTime é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 Time do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p> - The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible. + Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard +Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por +AA). + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p> + O <span class="application">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</span> é um guia para estudo da +Bíblia. </p><p> - It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma + A esperança do time do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a +estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular +foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em +particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender +o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor +mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index dacb598..aeec26d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 «<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 «<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>»</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 «<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>» -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 «<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Слышать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Читать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>»</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>»</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>» -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 «<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>»</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 «<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 «<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Запоминать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Размышлять"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>» +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>»</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html index a83128b..5d3e3dd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does «<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>» mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>»</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных -путей проявления своей праведности:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>» -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных +путей проявления своей праведности:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>»</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index ee6b97a..f294910 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со -значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Содержание"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со +значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Перекрёстные ссылки"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит Себе, поэтому наше истолкование должно выдержать проверку других мест Писания. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html index 638825a..cd7f1e5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки -или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Типы изучения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Тематическое изучение"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки +или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучение действующих лиц"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Экспозиционное изучение"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 3d59ac7..4c20b40 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</p></li><li><p>«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы найти определённый стих"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>» and 1 Cor.2:15 «<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>» Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>»</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>»</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском -языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы найти значения имён"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском +языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html index 457a194..ef3f299 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said «<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»; just +said <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 7c17054..77d5077 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 075ff3a..7a1744a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Увещевания"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Тим.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старайся представить себя Богу достойным, делателем неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины.</em></span>" </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index b45617c..7c8dc7c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Как види&# ветер.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимися и увлекающимися всяким ветром учения...</em></span>" Изучение Библии даёт нам укорениться в истине, и как результат --- нас будет не просто "сдуть". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Иисус сказал им в ответ: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>заблуждаетесь, не -зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</em></span>" Мтф.22:29.</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li><p>Божья Сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</em></span>" Мтф.22:29.</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божья Сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html index 4c34cf8..de485ea 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 4035bd3..f5d5688 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p></li><li><p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу -месяца.</p></li><li><p>Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например -20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</p></li><li><p>Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной -главе в день.</p></li><li><p>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу +месяца.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например +20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной +главе в день.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуская Псалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий Завет за 2 года и 2 недели. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html index c33f434..7acd0e4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, которая воюет"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p> В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое? </td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html index 849e41e..9407533 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Действенная Книга"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p> Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия "<span class="emphasis"><em>действует в вас, верующих.</em></span>" Рядом с каждым отрывком, запишите действие, которое производит Слово. diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html index 9db3f46..2465f49 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Уникальная Книга"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html index 9f8f419..1832764 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"рождённый от воды и +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 2А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"рождённый от воды и Духа".</em></span> В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 «<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>» has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 «<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2В"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>»</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 3df1231..b5e8b4e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking «<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>» but -«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»; later we can ask, -«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>». We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> «<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>» (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span> but +<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 3А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>»</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 3Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 9090e6d..b4e8408 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p>«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>» in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 4А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «<span class="quote">evil eye</span>». Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 «<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</p><p>Deut.33:27 «<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 4Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 «<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>». W.M. said, «<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>»</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>»</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html index d455321..7397d05 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 5А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права -вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 5Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html index ee9966a..25c506d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>»</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Перекрёстные ссылки"><b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Пример 1А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -37,18 +37,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 «<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>»</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html index 7ed009a..6a01b36 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Как изучать Библию"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Авторские права"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Резюме"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> |